honeywell plc ml-50 (mlm-dr16s)

70
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50

Upload: technisys-engineering-pvt-ltd-faridabad

Post on 24-May-2015

2.547 views

Category:

Technology


22 download

DESCRIPTION

Honeywell Master Logic-50 Programmable Logic Controller Details.

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER

MASTER LOGIC- 50

MASTER LOGIC- 50

Honeywellrsquos new ML50 compact PLC with its innovative architecture combines power and versatility to help provide performance in a slim compact and affordable solution

With its high performance and functionality the new ML50 PLC offer economical automation platform for many industrial control applications

The ML50 family can be used just as IO as a standalone PLC or as a distributed control It offers broad selection of Base modules Expansion IO modules various network interface options and some special modules to enhance control capabilities

FEATURES-1) The system secures the following high performances CPU Processing Speed(bit) 160ns Step

Max 480 IO control supporting small amp mid-sized system implementation(64 IO shortly released)

Max 10kSteps of large program capacity secured

Expanded applications with the support of floating point

2) Compact the smallest size comparing to the same class model of competitors

Compact panel realized through the smallest size (only 170mm width if extended to 7 racks )

Main unit W30 H90 D60mm

Expansion module W20 H90 D60mm

FEATUREShelliphellip

3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience

Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring

By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated

4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc

Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register

Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program

Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery

Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup

FEATUREShelliphellip

5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3

channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated

Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding

modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp

communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet

6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported

FEATUREShelliphellip

7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism

Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)

With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate

operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)

8) Integrated programming environment

Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function

Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function

FEATUREShelliphellip

9) Built-in high speed counter function

Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions

Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others

10) Built-in position control function

Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes

Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting

FEATUREShelliphellip

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 2: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

MASTER LOGIC- 50

Honeywellrsquos new ML50 compact PLC with its innovative architecture combines power and versatility to help provide performance in a slim compact and affordable solution

With its high performance and functionality the new ML50 PLC offer economical automation platform for many industrial control applications

The ML50 family can be used just as IO as a standalone PLC or as a distributed control It offers broad selection of Base modules Expansion IO modules various network interface options and some special modules to enhance control capabilities

FEATURES-1) The system secures the following high performances CPU Processing Speed(bit) 160ns Step

Max 480 IO control supporting small amp mid-sized system implementation(64 IO shortly released)

Max 10kSteps of large program capacity secured

Expanded applications with the support of floating point

2) Compact the smallest size comparing to the same class model of competitors

Compact panel realized through the smallest size (only 170mm width if extended to 7 racks )

Main unit W30 H90 D60mm

Expansion module W20 H90 D60mm

FEATUREShelliphellip

3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience

Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring

By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated

4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc

Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register

Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program

Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery

Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup

FEATUREShelliphellip

5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3

channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated

Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding

modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp

communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet

6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported

FEATUREShelliphellip

7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism

Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)

With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate

operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)

8) Integrated programming environment

Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function

Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function

FEATUREShelliphellip

9) Built-in high speed counter function

Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions

Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others

10) Built-in position control function

Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes

Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting

FEATUREShelliphellip

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 3: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

FEATURES-1) The system secures the following high performances CPU Processing Speed(bit) 160ns Step

Max 480 IO control supporting small amp mid-sized system implementation(64 IO shortly released)

Max 10kSteps of large program capacity secured

Expanded applications with the support of floating point

2) Compact the smallest size comparing to the same class model of competitors

Compact panel realized through the smallest size (only 170mm width if extended to 7 racks )

Main unit W30 H90 D60mm

Expansion module W20 H90 D60mm

FEATUREShelliphellip

3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience

Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring

By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated

4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc

Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register

Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program

Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery

Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup

FEATUREShelliphellip

5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3

channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated

Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding

modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp

communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet

6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported

FEATUREShelliphellip

7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism

Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)

With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate

operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)

8) Integrated programming environment

Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function

Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function

FEATUREShelliphellip

9) Built-in high speed counter function

Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions

Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others

10) Built-in position control function

Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes

Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting

FEATUREShelliphellip

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 4: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

2) Compact the smallest size comparing to the same class model of competitors

Compact panel realized through the smallest size (only 170mm width if extended to 7 racks )

Main unit W30 H90 D60mm

Expansion module W20 H90 D60mm

FEATUREShelliphellip

3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience

Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring

By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated

4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc

Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register

Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program

Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery

Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup

FEATUREShelliphellip

5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3

channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated

Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding

modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp

communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet

6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported

FEATUREShelliphellip

7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism

Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)

With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate

operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)

8) Integrated programming environment

Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function

Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function

FEATUREShelliphellip

9) Built-in high speed counter function

Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions

Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others

10) Built-in position control function

Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes

Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting

FEATUREShelliphellip

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 5: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience

Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring

By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated

4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc

Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register

Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program

Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery

Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup

FEATUREShelliphellip

5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3

channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated

Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding

modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp

communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet

6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported

FEATUREShelliphellip

7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism

Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)

With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate

operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)

8) Integrated programming environment

Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function

Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function

FEATUREShelliphellip

9) Built-in high speed counter function

Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions

Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others

10) Built-in position control function

Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes

Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting

FEATUREShelliphellip

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 6: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3

channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated

Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding

modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp

communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet

6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported

FEATUREShelliphellip

7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism

Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)

With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate

operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)

8) Integrated programming environment

Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function

Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function

FEATUREShelliphellip

9) Built-in high speed counter function

Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions

Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others

10) Built-in position control function

Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes

Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting

FEATUREShelliphellip

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 7: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism

Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)

With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate

operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)

8) Integrated programming environment

Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function

Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function

FEATUREShelliphellip

9) Built-in high speed counter function

Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions

Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others

10) Built-in position control function

Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes

Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting

FEATUREShelliphellip

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 8: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

9) Built-in high speed counter function

Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions

Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others

10) Built-in position control function

Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes

Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master

Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting

FEATUREShelliphellip

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 9: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

11) Built-in PID

Supporting max 16 loops

Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor

Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function

With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness

Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc

A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety

FEATUREShelliphellip

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 10: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

12) Enhanced Maintenance

FEATUREShelliphellip

Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128

Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up

Operating multiple programs through program modularization

Specifying special-function operation using Analog register

Index register

Line CommentRung Comment

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 11: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip

Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2

expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated

Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or

Snet

Loader

RS-485RS-232C

Ethernet

RS-422485

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 12: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip

Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available

Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion

module (Max 5Ch )

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 13: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m

Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust

Cooling - Air-cooling

Pollution level - Less than equal to 2

Programming language-

Ladder Diagram

Instruction List

No of instructions- 720

Basic 42

Applied 678

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 14: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Program capacity -10k steps

Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG

Self diagnosis

Operation delay monitoring

Memory error

IO error

Battery error

Power error

Program port

RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C

RS-485

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 15: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Built-in function -

RS-232C485

High-speed counter

PID control

Pulse catch

Input filter

External interrupt

Internal current consumption - 400mA

Weight- 100g

GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 16: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

FUNCTIONS-

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 17: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

FUNCTIONShelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 18: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special

module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 19: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 20: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 21: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 22: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion

modules for communication With these functions and modules

MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices

such as HMI through its communication

Protocol1 Server communication

ML200 server

Modbus ASCIIRTU

2 Client communication

Communication(P2PCommunication)

ML200 dedicated client

User-defined Communication

Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)

3 Remote connection service

4 Loader Communication

Loader

RS-485

RS-232C

RS-422 Ethernet

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 23: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

RS-485

SoftMaster

ML200 Ethern

et

Loader

FEnetPositioning

Demo Kit

Positioning

Demo Kit

MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet

Positioning

COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 24: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip

10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)

Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)

High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)

Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service

Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)

Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM

Monitoring network information (Auto scan)

Checking module in network (PING)

Providing information of each service

(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 25: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 26: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Performance- Model MLL-EMTA

Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX

Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP

Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service

-With Other Devices -P2P service

-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster

HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)

No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels

Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos

Media- UTPSTP Category 5

Current Consumption ( mA )- 410

COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 27: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Features-

Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)

Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication

Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM

Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)

Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)

Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)

PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master

Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection

Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)

COMMUNICATION- Snet

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 28: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

System Configuration-

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 29: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port

Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol

- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control

-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication

Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined

-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined

COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 30: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop

system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Max 32 stations

Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31

Loader Comm

RS-485

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 31: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station

multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM

Master Slave 1 Slave 32

RS-422

RS-485

HCiHCiX

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 32: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various

monitoringdiagnosis

Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis

Multi-PLC Multi-program management

Convenient Variable Editing

Compatibility with Microsoft Excel

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 33: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor

bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 34: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

User Convenience with Easy Expansion-

With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic

50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change

For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected

and separated by its direct-insert method

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 35: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-

50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master

Standard Filtering Time Setting

Filtering Time Setting for Each Module

time

Filtering time

External input signal

input image data

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 36: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software

Windows based easy operation

Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports

Various monitoring and diagnosis functions

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 37: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Comparison of Modular amp Compact-

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 38: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 39: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 40: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sink amp Source Concept-

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 41: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 42: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 43: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load

They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures

ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo

ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 44: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 45: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor

Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 46: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 47: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+

Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 48: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 49: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 50: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation

Data memory

1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 51: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Word Device Areahellip

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 52: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Troubleshooting-

1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected

Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble

The causes troubling PLC system are as follows

1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 53: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 54: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting

1) Visual checks

Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 55: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off

3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program

Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 56: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)

Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink

input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure

Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value

  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70
Page 57: Honeywell PLC ML-50 (MLM-DR16S)
  • PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • MASTER LOGIC- 50
  • FEATURES-
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
  • FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
  • FUNCTIONS-
  • FUNCTIONShelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
  • POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
  • COMMUNICATION-
  • Slide 23
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
  • COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
  • COMMUNICATION- Snet
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
  • COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
  • Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
  • Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
  • Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
  • User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
  • Built-in Function Input Filter-
  • Programming Software Soft-Master-
  • Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
  • Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Word Device Areahellip
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
  • Slide 67
  • Input Output Specifications-
  • Slide 69
  • Slide 70